1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
8 <mark@codesourcery.com>
9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
17 (at your option) any later version.
19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
22 GNU General Public License for more details.
24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
26 Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
33 #include "libiberty.h"
35 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
40 #include "coff/symconst.h"
41 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
42 #include "coff/mips.h"
46 /* This structure is used to hold .got entries while estimating got
50 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
52 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
53 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
57 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
59 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
60 that should be added to the symbol value. */
62 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
63 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
65 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
68 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
69 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
73 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
77 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
79 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
80 /* The number of global .got entries. */
81 unsigned int global_gotno
;
82 /* The number of local .got entries. */
83 unsigned int local_gotno
;
84 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
85 unsigned int assigned_gotno
;
86 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
87 struct htab
*got_entries
;
88 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
89 unless multi-got was necessary. */
91 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
92 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
93 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
96 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
98 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
{
100 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
103 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
104 create and merge bfd's gots. */
106 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
108 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
110 /* The output bfd. */
112 /* The link information. */
113 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
114 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
115 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
117 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
118 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
120 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
121 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
123 unsigned int max_count
;
124 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */
125 unsigned int primary_count
;
126 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */
127 unsigned int current_count
;
130 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
132 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
134 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
136 unsigned int needed_relocs
;
137 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
140 struct _mips_elf_section_data
142 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
145 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
150 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
151 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) (sec)->used_by_bfd)
153 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
154 the dynamic symbols. */
156 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
158 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
160 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
161 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
163 long min_got_dynindx
;
164 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
165 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
166 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary
168 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
169 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
170 symbol without a GOT entry. */
171 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
174 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
175 the global hash table. */
177 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
179 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
181 /* External symbol information. */
184 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
186 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
188 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
189 a readonly section. */
190 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc
;
192 /* The index of the first dynamic relocation (in the .rel.dyn
193 section) against this symbol. */
194 unsigned int min_dyn_reloc_index
;
196 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
197 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
198 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
200 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
;
202 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
203 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
206 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
207 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
208 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub
;
210 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
211 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
214 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
215 being called returns a floating point value. */
216 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
218 /* Are we forced local? .*/
219 bfd_boolean forced_local
;
222 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
224 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
226 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
228 /* We no longer use this. */
229 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
230 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex
[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
];
232 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
233 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
234 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
235 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
236 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
237 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
238 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
239 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
241 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
242 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
245 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
250 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
251 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
252 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
256 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
258 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
261 "_procedure_string_table",
262 "_procedure_table_size",
266 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
271 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
272 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
273 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
274 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
275 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
276 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
285 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
286 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
287 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
291 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
292 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
293 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
294 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
295 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
296 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
301 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
302 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
303 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
304 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
305 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
313 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
319 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
321 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
323 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
324 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
325 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
326 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
327 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
328 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
329 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
330 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
332 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
333 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
334 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
335 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
336 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
338 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
339 has different meaning for each type:
342 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
343 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
344 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
345 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
348 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
349 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
350 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
351 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
353 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
354 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
355 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
356 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
358 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
359 loader for use by the static exception system. */
361 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
362 bfd_vma adr
; /* memory address of start of procedure */
363 long regmask
; /* save register mask */
364 long regoffset
; /* save register offset */
365 long fregmask
; /* save floating point register mask */
366 long fregoffset
; /* save floating point register offset */
367 long frameoffset
; /* frame size */
368 short framereg
; /* frame pointer register */
369 short pcreg
; /* offset or reg of return pc */
370 long irpss
; /* index into the runtime string table */
372 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* pointer to exception array */
374 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
375 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
377 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
378 PARAMS ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*, struct bfd_hash_table
*, const char *));
379 static void ecoff_swap_rpdr_out
380 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const RPDR
*, struct rpdr_ext
*));
381 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_procedure_table
382 PARAMS ((PTR
, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*,
383 struct ecoff_debug_info
*));
384 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
385 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
386 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in
387 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_External_gptab
*, Elf32_gptab
*));
388 static void bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out
389 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_gptab
*, Elf32_External_gptab
*));
390 static void bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out
391 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_compact_rel
*, Elf32_External_compact_rel
*));
392 static void bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out
393 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_crinfo
*, Elf32_External_crinfo
*));
395 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in
396 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_External_Msym
*, Elf32_Internal_Msym
*));
398 static void bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
399 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf32_Internal_Msym
*, Elf32_External_Msym
*));
400 static int sort_dynamic_relocs
401 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
402 static int sort_dynamic_relocs_64
403 PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
404 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_output_extsym
405 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
406 static int gptab_compare
PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
407 static asection
* mips_elf_rel_dyn_section
PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd_boolean
));
408 static asection
* mips_elf_got_section
PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd_boolean
));
409 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_info
410 PARAMS ((bfd
*, asection
**));
411 static bfd_vma mips_elf_local_got_index
412 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
));
413 static bfd_vma mips_elf_global_got_index
414 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
415 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_page
416 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*));
417 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got16_entry
418 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_vma
, bfd_boolean
));
419 static bfd_vma mips_elf_got_offset_from_index
420 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
));
421 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
422 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
));
423 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table
424 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info
*, unsigned long));
425 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
426 PARAMS ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, PTR
));
427 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol
428 PARAMS ((bfd
*, long, bfd_vma
, struct mips_got_info
*));
429 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol
430 PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
431 struct mips_got_info
*));
432 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*mips_elf_next_relocation
433 PARAMS ((bfd
*, unsigned int, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
434 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*));
435 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_local_relocation_p
436 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, asection
**, bfd_boolean
));
437 static bfd_vma mips_elf_sign_extend
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
, int));
438 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_overflow_p
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
, int));
439 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
440 static bfd_vma mips_elf_higher
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
441 static bfd_vma mips_elf_highest
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
442 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
443 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*));
444 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_got_section
445 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd_boolean
));
446 static asection
*mips_elf_create_msym_section
448 static bfd_reloc_status_type mips_elf_calculate_relocation
449 PARAMS ((bfd
*, bfd
*, asection
*, struct bfd_link_info
*,
450 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, reloc_howto_type
*,
451 Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, const char **,
452 bfd_boolean
*, bfd_boolean
));
453 static bfd_vma mips_elf_obtain_contents
454 PARAMS ((reloc_howto_type
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd
*, bfd_byte
*));
455 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_perform_relocation
456 PARAMS ((struct bfd_link_info
*, reloc_howto_type
*,
457 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_vma
, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
459 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p
460 PARAMS ((bfd
*, asection
*));
461 static void mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
462 PARAMS ((bfd
*, unsigned int));
463 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
464 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
465 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*,
466 bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
*, asection
*));
467 static void mips_set_isa_flags
PARAMS ((bfd
*));
468 static INLINE
char* elf_mips_abi_name
PARAMS ((bfd
*));
469 static void mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol
470 PARAMS ((bfd
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*));
471 static bfd_boolean mips_mach_extends_p
PARAMS ((unsigned long, unsigned long));
472 static bfd_boolean mips_32bit_flags_p
PARAMS ((flagword
));
473 static INLINE hashval_t mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma
PARAMS ((bfd_vma
));
474 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
475 static int mips_elf_got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
477 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_multi_got
478 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, struct mips_got_info
*,
479 asection
*, bfd_size_type
));
480 static hashval_t mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
481 static int mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
482 static hashval_t mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
PARAMS ((const PTR
));
483 static int mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
PARAMS ((const PTR
, const PTR
));
484 static int mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
485 static int mips_elf_merge_gots
PARAMS ((void **, void *));
486 static int mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
PARAMS ((void**, void *));
487 static int mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
PARAMS ((void**, void *));
488 static void mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries
489 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info
*));
490 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
491 PARAMS ((bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*));
492 static struct mips_got_info
*mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
493 PARAMS ((struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*));
495 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
496 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
498 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
500 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
501 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
503 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
504 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
505 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
507 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
508 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
510 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
511 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
512 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
514 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
515 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
516 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
518 /* The name of the options section. */
519 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
520 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
522 /* The name of the stub section. */
523 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
524 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.stubs" : ".stub")
526 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
527 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
528 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
530 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
531 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
532 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
534 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
535 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
536 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
538 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
539 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
540 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
542 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
543 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
544 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->file_align == 8 ? 3 : 2)
546 /* Get word-sized data. */
547 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
548 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
550 /* Put out word-sized data. */
551 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
553 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
554 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
556 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
558 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
559 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
560 ? bfd_elf64_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val) \
561 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
563 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
564 (ABI_64_P (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj) \
565 ? (abort (), FALSE) \
566 : bfd_elf32_add_dynamic_entry (info, (bfd_vma) tag, (bfd_vma) val))
569 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
572 /* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
573 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
574 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
575 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
576 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
577 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
578 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
579 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
580 section, that is RELA. */
581 #define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
582 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
583 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
584 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
585 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
586 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
587 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
589 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
590 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
591 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
593 /* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
594 #define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (2)
596 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
597 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) (0x7ff0)
599 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
601 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(abfd) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(abfd) + 0x7fff)
603 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. For some reason the stub is
604 slightly different on an SGI system. */
605 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
607 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
608 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
609 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
610 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x03e07825 : 0x03e07821) /* move t7,ra */
611 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jal t9 */
612 #define STUB_LI16(abfd) \
613 (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? 0x34180000 : 0x24180000) /* ori t8,zero,0 */
614 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE (16)
616 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
619 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
620 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
621 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
622 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
625 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
626 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
627 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
628 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
629 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
630 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
631 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
632 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
634 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
635 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
637 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
639 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
640 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
643 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
644 floating point arguments.
646 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
647 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
648 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
649 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
650 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
651 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
652 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
653 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
655 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
656 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
657 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
658 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
659 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
660 stub should be discarded.
662 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
663 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
664 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
665 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
666 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
667 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
668 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
671 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
672 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
673 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
675 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
677 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
678 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
679 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
681 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
683 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
684 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
685 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
688 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
690 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
691 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
693 (bfd_boolean (*) PARAMS ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *, PTR))) (func), \
696 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
698 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
699 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
701 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
703 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
704 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
)
705 struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
;
706 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
;
709 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
710 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
712 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
714 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
715 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
716 bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
717 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
)));
718 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
719 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
721 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
722 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
723 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
725 if (ret
!= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
)
727 /* Set local fields. */
728 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
729 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
730 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
732 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
733 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
734 ret
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= 0;
735 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
737 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
738 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
739 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
740 ret
->forced_local
= FALSE
;
743 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
747 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
)
751 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
752 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
754 sdata
= (struct _mips_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
757 sec
->used_by_bfd
= (PTR
) sdata
;
759 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
762 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
763 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
766 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, section
, debug
)
769 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
772 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
773 char *ext_hdr
= NULL
;
775 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
776 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
778 ext_hdr
= (char *) bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
779 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
782 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, (file_ptr
) 0,
783 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
786 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
787 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
789 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
791 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
792 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
796 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
797 debug->ptr = (type) bfd_malloc (amt); \
798 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
800 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (file_ptr) symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
801 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
805 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
806 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, PTR
);
807 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, PTR
);
808 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, PTR
);
809 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, PTR
);
810 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
812 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
813 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
814 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, PTR
);
815 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, PTR
);
816 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, PTR
);
820 debug
->adjust
= NULL
;
827 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
829 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
830 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
831 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
832 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
833 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
834 free (debug
->external_sym
);
835 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
836 free (debug
->external_opt
);
837 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
838 free (debug
->external_aux
);
839 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
841 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
843 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
844 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
845 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
846 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
847 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
848 free (debug
->external_ext
);
852 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
855 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
860 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
861 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
862 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
863 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
864 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
865 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
867 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
868 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
870 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
872 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->exception_info
, ex
->p_exception_info
);
876 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
879 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (handle
, abfd
, info
, s
, debug
)
882 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
884 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
886 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
887 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
889 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
891 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
892 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
897 unsigned long sindex
;
901 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
909 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
911 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
915 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
917 epdr
= (struct pdr_ext
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
921 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (PTR
) epdr
))
924 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
925 rp
= rpdr
= (RPDR
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
929 size
= sizeof (char *);
930 sv
= (char **) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
934 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
935 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
936 esym
= (struct sym_ext
*) bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
940 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (PTR
) esym
))
944 ss
= (char *) bfd_malloc (count
);
947 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (PTR
) ss
))
951 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
953 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) (epdr
+ i
), &pdr
);
954 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
956 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
957 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
958 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
959 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
960 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
961 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
962 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
964 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
965 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
969 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
970 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
971 rtproc
= (PTR
) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
974 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
978 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
980 erp
= (struct rpdr_ext
*) rtproc
;
981 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
983 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
984 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
985 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
986 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
988 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
990 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
992 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
994 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
996 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) rtproc
;
998 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
999 matters, but someday it might). */
1000 s
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
1029 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1033 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (h
, data
)
1034 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1035 PTR data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
1037 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1038 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1040 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1041 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1043 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1044 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1045 being included in the link. */
1046 h
->fn_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1047 h
->fn_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1048 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1049 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1050 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1053 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1054 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1056 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1057 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1058 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1059 h
->call_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1060 h
->call_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1061 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1062 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1063 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1066 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1067 && h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
1069 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1070 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1071 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1072 h
->call_fp_stub
->_raw_size
= 0;
1073 h
->call_fp_stub
->_cooked_size
= 0;
1074 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1075 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1076 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1082 bfd_reloc_status_type
1083 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (abfd
, symbol
, reloc_entry
, input_section
,
1084 relocateable
, data
, gp
)
1087 arelent
*reloc_entry
;
1088 asection
*input_section
;
1089 bfd_boolean relocateable
;
1097 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1100 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
1102 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1103 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1105 if (reloc_entry
->address
> input_section
->_cooked_size
)
1106 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
1108 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1110 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
1111 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->src_mask
== 0)
1113 /* This case occurs with the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
1114 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1118 val
= ((insn
& 0xffff) + reloc_entry
->addend
) & 0xffff;
1123 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
1124 are producing relocateable output, we don't want to do this for
1125 an external symbol. */
1127 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
1128 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
1130 insn
= (insn
& ~0xffff) | (val
& 0xffff);
1131 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1134 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1136 else if ((long) val
>= 0x8000 || (long) val
< -0x8000)
1137 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1139 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1142 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
1143 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
1146 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1148 const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
;
1151 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1152 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1156 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1158 const Elf32_gptab
*in
;
1159 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
;
1161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
1162 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
1166 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1168 const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
;
1169 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
;
1171 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
1172 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
1173 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
1174 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
1175 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
1176 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
1180 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1182 const Elf32_crinfo
*in
;
1183 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
;
1187 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
1188 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
1189 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
1190 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
1191 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
1192 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
1193 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
1197 /* Swap in an MSYM entry. */
1200 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1202 const Elf32_External_Msym
*ex
;
1203 Elf32_Internal_Msym
*in
;
1205 in
->ms_hash_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ms_hash_value
);
1206 in
->ms_info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ms_info
);
1209 /* Swap out an MSYM entry. */
1212 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1214 const Elf32_Internal_Msym
*in
;
1215 Elf32_External_Msym
*ex
;
1217 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ms_hash_value
, ex
->ms_hash_value
);
1218 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ms_info
, ex
->ms_info
);
1221 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
1222 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
1223 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
1226 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1228 const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1231 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1232 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1233 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1234 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1235 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1236 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1240 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1242 const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
;
1243 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1245 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1246 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1247 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1248 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1249 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1250 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1253 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
1254 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
1255 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
1256 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
1257 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
1260 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1262 const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1263 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
;
1265 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1266 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1267 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1268 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1269 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1270 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1271 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1275 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1277 const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
;
1278 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
;
1280 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
1281 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
1282 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
1283 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
1284 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
1285 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
1286 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
1289 /* Swap in an options header. */
1292 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, ex
, in
)
1294 const Elf_External_Options
*ex
;
1295 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
;
1297 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
1298 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
1299 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
1300 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
1303 /* Swap out an options header. */
1306 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (abfd
, in
, ex
)
1308 const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
;
1309 Elf_External_Options
*ex
;
1311 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
1312 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
1313 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
1314 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
1317 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
1318 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
1321 sort_dynamic_relocs (arg1
, arg2
)
1325 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
1326 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
1328 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
1329 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
1331 return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
1334 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
1337 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (arg1
, arg2
)
1341 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
1342 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
1344 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1345 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
1346 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
1347 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
1349 return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
)
1350 - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
));
1354 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
1355 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
1356 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
1357 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
1358 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
1359 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
1360 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
1361 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
1362 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
1363 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
1364 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
1365 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
1366 when generating a final executable. */
1369 mips_elf_output_extsym (h
, data
)
1370 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1373 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= (struct extsym_info
*) data
;
1375 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
1377 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1378 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1380 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
1382 else if (((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
1383 || (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
1384 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0
1385 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) == 0)
1387 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
1388 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
1389 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
1390 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1391 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
1399 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
1402 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
1403 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
1404 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
1405 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
1406 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1407 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
1409 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
1410 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
1414 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
1416 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
1417 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
1418 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
1420 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1421 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1422 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1424 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
1426 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1427 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1428 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
1429 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
1431 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
1433 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1434 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
1435 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
1438 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1440 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1441 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1442 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1447 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1448 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1450 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
1451 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
1452 if (output_section
== NULL
)
1453 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
1456 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
1458 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
1459 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
1460 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
1461 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
1462 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
1463 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
1464 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
1465 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
1466 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
1467 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
1468 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1469 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
1470 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1471 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
1472 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
1473 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
1474 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
1476 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
1480 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
1481 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
1484 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1485 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
1486 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1487 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1489 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
1490 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
1491 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
1492 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
1494 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1495 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1496 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1497 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1498 + sec
->output_offset
1499 + output_section
->vma
);
1501 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1503 else if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
1505 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
1506 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub
= h
->no_fn_stub
;
1508 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1510 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1511 no_fn_stub
= no_fn_stub
|| hd
->no_fn_stub
;
1516 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
1517 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
1518 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1520 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1523 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
1524 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
1525 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.offset
1526 + sec
->output_offset
1527 + output_section
->vma
);
1529 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
1537 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
1538 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
1541 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1548 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
1551 gptab_compare (p1
, p2
)
1555 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= (const Elf32_gptab
*) p1
;
1556 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= (const Elf32_gptab
*) p2
;
1558 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
1561 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
1563 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
1566 static INLINE hashval_t
1567 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (addr
)
1571 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
1577 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
1578 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
1582 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (entry_
)
1585 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1587 return entry
->abfd
->id
+ entry
->symndx
1588 + (! entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1589 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
)
1590 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1594 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
1598 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1599 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1601 return e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1602 && (! e1
->abfd
? e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1603 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1604 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1607 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
1608 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
1609 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
1613 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (entry_
)
1616 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
1618 return entry
->symndx
1620 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
1621 : entry
->symndx
>= 0
1623 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
1624 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
);
1628 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
1632 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
1633 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
1635 return e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
1636 && (e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
1637 : e1
->abfd
== NULL
|| e2
->abfd
== NULL
1638 ? e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
1639 : e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
);
1642 /* Returns the dynamic relocation section for DYNOBJ. */
1645 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, create_p
)
1647 bfd_boolean create_p
;
1649 static const char dname
[] = ".rel.dyn";
1652 sreloc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, dname
);
1653 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
1655 sreloc
= bfd_make_section (dynobj
, dname
);
1657 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1662 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
1664 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
1671 /* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
1674 mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, maybe_excluded
)
1676 bfd_boolean maybe_excluded
;
1678 asection
*sgot
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1680 || (! maybe_excluded
&& (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0))
1685 /* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
1686 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
1689 static struct mips_got_info
*
1690 mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, sgotp
)
1695 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1697 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
1698 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
1699 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
1700 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
1701 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1704 *sgotp
= (sgot
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0 ? sgot
: NULL
;
1709 /* Returns the GOT offset at which the indicated address can be found.
1710 If there is not yet a GOT entry for this value, create one. Returns
1711 -1 if no satisfactory GOT offset can be found. */
1714 mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
)
1716 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1720 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1721 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1723 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1725 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1727 return entry
->gotidx
;
1732 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
1735 mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, ibfd
, h
)
1737 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1741 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
1742 long global_got_dynindx
= 0;
1744 gg
= g
= mips_elf_got_info (abfd
, &sgot
);
1745 if (g
->bfd2got
&& ibfd
)
1747 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
1749 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= 0);
1751 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
1756 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
1758 p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
);
1760 BFD_ASSERT (p
->gotidx
> 0);
1765 if (gg
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
1766 global_got_dynindx
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
1768 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
1769 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
1770 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
1772 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
1773 index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
1774 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
1775 BFD_ASSERT (index
< sgot
->_raw_size
);
1780 /* Find a GOT entry that is within 32KB of the VALUE. These entries
1781 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
1782 within 32KB of GP. Return the index into the GOT for this page,
1783 and store the offset from this entry to the desired address in
1784 OFFSETP, if it is non-NULL. */
1787 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
, offsetp
)
1789 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1794 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1796 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1798 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1800 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
,
1802 & (~(bfd_vma
)0xffff));
1807 index
= entry
->gotidx
;
1810 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
1815 /* Find a GOT entry whose higher-order 16 bits are the same as those
1816 for value. Return the index into the GOT for this entry. */
1819 mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, info
, value
, external
)
1821 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1823 bfd_boolean external
;
1826 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1827 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
1831 /* Although the ABI says that it is "the high-order 16 bits" that we
1832 want, it is really the %high value. The complete value is
1833 calculated with a `addiu' of a LO16 relocation, just as with a
1835 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
1838 g
= mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, &sgot
);
1840 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, g
, sgot
, value
);
1842 return entry
->gotidx
;
1847 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
1851 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, input_bfd
, index
)
1859 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1861 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
1862 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
1863 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, g
, input_bfd
);
1865 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ index
- gp
;
1868 /* Create a local GOT entry for VALUE. Return the index of the entry,
1869 or -1 if it could not be created. */
1871 static struct mips_got_entry
*
1872 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, ibfd
, gg
, sgot
, value
)
1874 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
1878 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
1879 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1883 entry
.d
.address
= value
;
1885 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, ibfd
);
1888 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, abfd
);
1889 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
1892 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
1897 entry
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_gotno
++;
1899 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
1904 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
1906 if (g
->assigned_gotno
>= g
->local_gotno
)
1908 (*loc
)->gotidx
= -1;
1909 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
1910 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1911 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
1912 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1916 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
,
1917 (sgot
->contents
+ entry
.gotidx
));
1922 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
1923 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
1924 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
1925 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
1926 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
1927 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
1930 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, max_local
)
1931 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1932 unsigned long max_local
;
1934 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
1935 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
1938 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
1940 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
1943 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
=
1944 hsd
.min_got_dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
1945 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
1946 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
1947 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
1948 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
1949 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
1950 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
1951 too large offsets. */
1952 - (g
->next
? g
->assigned_gotno
: 0);
1953 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= max_local
;
1954 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
1955 elf_hash_table (info
)),
1956 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
1959 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
1960 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
1961 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
1962 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
1963 <= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
1965 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
1966 table index in the GOT. */
1967 g
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
1972 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
1973 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
1977 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (h
, data
)
1978 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1981 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
1982 = (struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*) data
;
1984 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1985 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
1987 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
1989 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
1992 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
1993 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
1994 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
1996 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
1998 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
1999 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2000 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
2002 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
!= 1)
2003 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
2006 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
2007 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2013 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
2014 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
2018 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
)
2019 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2021 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2022 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2024 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2026 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
2028 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2030 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2034 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2037 if (!bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2043 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2045 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**) htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
,
2048 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
2049 need to do it again. */
2053 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2059 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2061 if (h
->got
.offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
2064 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
2065 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
2066 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
2072 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
2073 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
2076 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, symndx
, addend
, g
)
2080 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2082 struct mips_got_entry entry
, **loc
;
2085 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
2086 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
2087 loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
**)
2088 htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &entry
, INSERT
);
2093 entry
.gotidx
= g
->local_gotno
++;
2095 *loc
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof entry
);
2100 memcpy (*loc
, &entry
, sizeof entry
);
2105 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
2108 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (entry_
)
2111 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*entry
2112 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry_
;
2114 return entry
->bfd
->id
;
2117 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
2120 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (entry1
, entry2
)
2124 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e1
2125 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry1
;
2126 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*e2
2127 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)entry2
;
2129 return e1
->bfd
== e2
->bfd
;
2132 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBDF. G must
2133 be the master GOT data. */
2135 static struct mips_got_info
*
2136 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
)
2137 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2140 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e
, *p
;
2146 p
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*) htab_find (g
->bfd2got
, &e
);
2147 return p
? p
->g
: NULL
;
2150 /* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
2151 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
2155 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (entryp
, p
)
2159 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2160 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2161 htab_t bfd2got
= arg
->bfd2got
;
2162 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2163 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry
, *bfdgot
;
2166 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if
2168 bfdgot_entry
.bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2169 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (bfd2got
, &bfdgot_entry
, INSERT
);
2170 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfdgotp
;
2176 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2177 (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2187 bfdgot
->bfd
= entry
->abfd
;
2188 bfdgot
->g
= g
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2189 bfd_alloc (arg
->obfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2196 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2197 g
->global_gotno
= 0;
2199 g
->assigned_gotno
= -1;
2200 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2201 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2203 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2213 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
2214 entryp
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2215 if (*entryp
!= NULL
)
2220 if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->forced_local
)
2228 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
2229 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
2230 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
2231 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
2232 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
2233 and then make make the new got current. */
2236 mips_elf_merge_gots (bfd2got_
, p
)
2240 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfd2got
2241 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)*bfd2got_
;
2242 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
= (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*)p
;
2243 unsigned int lcount
= bfd2got
->g
->local_gotno
;
2244 unsigned int gcount
= bfd2got
->g
->global_gotno
;
2245 unsigned int maxcnt
= arg
->max_count
;
2247 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as
2248 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
2249 if (! arg
->primary
&& lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2251 arg
->primary
= bfd2got
->g
;
2252 arg
->primary_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2254 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of
2255 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we
2256 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */
2257 else if (arg
->primary
2258 && (arg
->primary_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
) <= maxcnt
)
2260 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2261 int old_lcount
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
;
2262 int old_gcount
= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2264 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->primary
;
2266 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2267 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2269 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2272 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2273 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
2274 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
2277 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
== arg
->primary
->local_gotno
);
2278 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->primary
->global_gotno
);
2280 arg
->primary_count
= arg
->primary
->local_gotno
2281 + arg
->primary
->global_gotno
;
2283 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
2284 else if (arg
->current
2285 && arg
->current_count
+ lcount
+ gcount
<= maxcnt
)
2287 struct mips_got_info
*g
= bfd2got
->g
;
2288 int old_lcount
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
;
2289 int old_gcount
= arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2291 bfd2got
->g
= arg
->current
;
2293 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
2294 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
,
2296 if (arg
->obfd
== NULL
)
2299 htab_delete (g
->got_entries
);
2301 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount
+ lcount
== arg
->current
->local_gotno
);
2302 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount
+ gcount
>= arg
->current
->global_gotno
);
2304 arg
->current_count
= arg
->current
->local_gotno
2305 + arg
->current
->global_gotno
;
2307 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
2308 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
2309 overflows anyway. */
2312 bfd2got
->g
->next
= arg
->current
;
2313 arg
->current
= bfd2got
->g
;
2315 arg
->current_count
= lcount
+ gcount
;
2321 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
2322 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
2323 got) to the given VALUE.
2325 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
2326 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
2327 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
2328 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
2329 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
2330 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
2331 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
2332 marked as not elligible for lazy resolution through a function
2335 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (entryp
, p
)
2339 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2340 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*arg
2341 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
*)p
;
2342 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
2344 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1
2345 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
2349 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
);
2351 entry
->gotidx
= arg
->value
* (long) g
->assigned_gotno
++;
2352 /* We can't do lazy update of GOT entries for
2353 non-primary GOTs since the PLT entries don't use the
2354 right offsets, so punt at it for now. */
2355 entry
->d
.h
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
2356 if (arg
->info
->shared
2357 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
2358 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2359 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2360 && ((entry
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
2361 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
2362 ++arg
->needed_relocs
;
2365 entry
->d
.h
->root
.got
.offset
= arg
->value
;
2371 /* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
2372 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
2373 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
2374 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
2375 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
2376 the traversal must be restarted. */
2378 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (entryp
, p
)
2382 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)*entryp
;
2383 htab_t got_entries
= *(htab_t
*)p
;
2385 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
2387 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= entry
->d
.h
;
2389 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2390 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2391 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2393 if (entry
->d
.h
== h
)
2398 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
2399 it, and get the traversal restarted. */
2400 if (! htab_find (got_entries
, entry
))
2402 htab_clear_slot (got_entries
, entryp
);
2403 entryp
= htab_find_slot (got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
2406 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
2407 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
2409 *(htab_t
*)p
= NULL
;
2412 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
2413 either too early or too late for that at this point. */
2419 /* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
2422 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
)
2423 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2429 got_entries
= g
->got_entries
;
2431 htab_traverse (got_entries
,
2432 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry
,
2435 while (got_entries
== NULL
);
2438 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
2441 mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, g
, ibfd
)
2443 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2446 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2449 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g
, ibfd
);
2453 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
2457 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2460 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
2461 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
2464 mips_elf_multi_got (abfd
, info
, g
, got
, pages
)
2466 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2467 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2469 bfd_size_type pages
;
2471 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
2472 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
2473 struct mips_got_info
*gg
;
2474 unsigned int assign
;
2476 g
->bfd2got
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash
,
2477 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq
,
2479 if (g
->bfd2got
== NULL
)
2482 got_per_bfd_arg
.bfd2got
= g
->bfd2got
;
2483 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
2484 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
2486 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
2487 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
2488 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
2489 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2490 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2493 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
2494 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
2495 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could
2496 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd
2497 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */
2498 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (abfd
)
2499 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
2500 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
- pages
);
2502 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
2503 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
2504 to be the primary GOT. */
2505 htab_traverse (g
->bfd2got
, mips_elf_merge_gots
, &got_per_bfd_arg
);
2506 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
== NULL
)
2509 /* If we find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
2510 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
2512 g
->next
= (struct mips_got_info
*)
2513 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
2514 if (g
->next
== NULL
)
2517 g
->next
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2518 g
->next
->global_gotno
= 0;
2519 g
->next
->local_gotno
= 0;
2520 g
->next
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2521 g
->next
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash
,
2522 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq
,
2524 if (g
->next
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2526 g
->next
->bfd2got
= NULL
;
2529 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
2530 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
2532 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
2536 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
2537 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
2538 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
2539 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
2542 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*bfdgot
;
2545 bfdgot
= (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
*)bfd_alloc
2546 (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
));
2553 bfdgotp
= htab_find_slot (gg
->bfd2got
, bfdgot
, INSERT
);
2555 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp
== NULL
);
2559 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
2560 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
2561 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
2564 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
2565 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
2566 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
2567 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
2568 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
2569 follows IRIX's practice.
2571 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
2572 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
2573 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
2574 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
2578 gg
->assigned_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
2579 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
2580 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 2;
2584 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
2585 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
2586 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
2587 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
2588 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
2589 their entries can be omitted. */
2590 gg
->assigned_gotno
= 0;
2591 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= -1;
2594 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
2595 depends on the setting of VALUE). */
2596 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= NULL
;
2597 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2598 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2599 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= 1;
2600 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
2601 &set_got_offset_arg
);
2602 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
2605 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
2606 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
2607 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
2608 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
2609 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
2610 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
2611 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
2612 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
2613 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
2614 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
2615 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
2616 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
2617 points back to the master GOT. */
2618 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
2619 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
2625 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
2627 assign
+= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2628 g
->assigned_gotno
= assign
;
2629 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
+ pages
;
2630 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
2632 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
2633 list that gg points to. */
2641 got
->_raw_size
= (gg
->next
->local_gotno
2642 + gg
->next
->global_gotno
) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
2648 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
2649 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
2651 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
2652 mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, r_type
, relocation
, relend
)
2653 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2654 unsigned int r_type
;
2655 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2656 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
2658 /* According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must be
2659 immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
2660 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
2661 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
2662 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
2663 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC. */
2664 while (relocation
< relend
)
2666 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
)
2672 /* We didn't find it. */
2673 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2677 /* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
2680 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
, local_sections
,
2683 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2684 asection
**local_sections
;
2685 bfd_boolean check_forced
;
2687 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2688 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2692 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2693 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2694 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2696 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
2698 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
2703 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
2704 was forced local. */
2705 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
2706 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
2707 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
2708 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2709 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2710 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2711 if ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0)
2718 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
2721 mips_elf_sign_extend (value
, bits
)
2725 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
2726 /* VALUE is negative. */
2727 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
2732 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
2733 range expressable by a signed number with the indicated number of
2737 mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, bits
)
2741 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
2743 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
2744 /* The value is too big. */
2746 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
2747 /* The value is too small. */
2754 /* Calculate the %high function. */
2757 mips_elf_high (value
)
2760 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
2763 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
2766 mips_elf_higher (value
)
2767 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2770 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
2773 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
2777 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
2780 mips_elf_highest (value
)
2781 bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2784 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
2787 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
2791 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
2794 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
)
2796 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
2799 register asection
*s
;
2801 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
2803 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2806 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel");
2808 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2809 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2810 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2813 s
->_raw_size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
2819 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
2822 mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, maybe_exclude
)
2824 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2825 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude
;
2828 register asection
*s
;
2829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2830 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
2831 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
2834 /* This function may be called more than once. */
2835 s
= mips_elf_got_section (abfd
, TRUE
);
2838 if (! maybe_exclude
)
2839 s
->flags
&= ~SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2843 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2844 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2847 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
2849 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".got");
2851 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
)
2852 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
2855 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
2856 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
2857 are not creating a global offset table. */
2859 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2860 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
2861 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
2862 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
2865 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2866 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
2867 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
2868 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
2871 && ! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
2874 amt
= sizeof (struct mips_got_info
);
2875 g
= (struct mips_got_info
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2878 g
->global_gotsym
= NULL
;
2879 g
->local_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2880 g
->assigned_gotno
= MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
2883 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
2884 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
,
2886 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
2888 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->u
.got_info
= g
;
2889 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
2890 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
2895 /* Returns the .msym section for ABFD, creating it if it does not
2896 already exist. Returns NULL to indicate error. */
2899 mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd
)
2904 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".msym");
2907 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".msym");
2909 || !bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
,
2913 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2915 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
2916 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
2923 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
2924 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
2925 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
2927 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
2928 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
2929 relocation must be JALX.
2931 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
2932 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
2933 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
2934 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
2936 static bfd_reloc_status_type
2937 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (abfd
, input_bfd
, input_section
, info
,
2938 relocation
, addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
2939 local_sections
, valuep
, namep
,
2940 require_jalxp
, save_addend
)
2943 asection
*input_section
;
2944 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2945 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
2947 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
2948 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
2949 asection
**local_sections
;
2952 bfd_boolean
*require_jalxp
;
2953 bfd_boolean save_addend
;
2955 /* The eventual value we will return. */
2957 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
2960 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
2961 shared object file being produced. */
2962 bfd_vma gp
= MINUS_ONE
;
2963 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
2966 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
2967 bfd_vma gp0
= MINUS_ONE
;
2968 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
2969 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
2970 during execution. */
2971 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
2972 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
2974 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
2975 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
2976 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
2978 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
2979 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
2980 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
2981 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2983 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2985 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
2986 relocation value. */
2987 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
2988 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
2989 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
2991 /* Parse the relocation. */
2992 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2993 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
2994 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
2995 + input_section
->output_offset
2996 + relocation
->r_offset
);
2998 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
2999 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
3001 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
3002 used in the array of hash table entries. */
3003 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3004 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3005 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3006 was_local_p
= local_p
;
3007 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
3008 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3011 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
3012 must come before globals. */
3016 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
3019 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
3021 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
3022 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
3024 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3025 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
3026 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
3027 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
3028 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3029 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
3031 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
3033 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3036 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
3037 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
3040 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3041 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
3042 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
3045 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
3047 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3051 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
3052 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
3053 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
3054 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
3055 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3056 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3057 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
3059 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
3060 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
3062 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
3063 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
3064 if (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0
3065 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
3067 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
3068 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
3069 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_HI16
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_LO16
)
3070 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3074 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
3075 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
3076 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
3078 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3079 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3080 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
3082 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
3083 if (sec
->output_section
)
3084 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
3085 + sec
->output_section
->vma
3086 + sec
->output_offset
);
3088 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
3090 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
3091 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
3092 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
3093 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
3096 else if (info
->shared
3097 && (!info
->symbolic
|| info
->allow_shlib_undefined
)
3098 && !info
->no_undefined
3099 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3101 else if (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 ||
3102 strcmp (h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
3104 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
3105 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
3106 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
3107 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
3108 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
3110 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
3111 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
3116 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
3117 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
3118 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
3119 (!info
->shared
|| info
->no_undefined
3120 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))))
3121 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3125 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
);
3128 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
3129 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
3131 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocateable
3132 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
3133 || (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
3134 && elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
3135 && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd
, input_section
))
3137 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
3138 have already noticed that we were going to need the
3141 sec
= elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
3144 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
3148 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3150 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
3151 need to redirect the call to the stub. */
3152 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocateable
3154 && (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3155 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3157 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
3158 out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input
3160 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
3165 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3167 if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
),
3168 CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
3170 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3177 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
3180 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
3182 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->_raw_size
> 0);
3183 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
3186 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
3187 special jalx instruction. */
3188 *require_jalxp
= (!info
->relocateable
3189 && (((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
3190 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
)));
3192 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3193 local_sections
, TRUE
);
3195 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
3196 and we're going to need it, get it now. */
3201 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3202 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3203 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3204 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3205 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3206 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
3209 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
3210 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3212 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
);
3213 if (! elf_hash_table(info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3215 && (info
->symbolic
|| h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3216 && (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
)))
3218 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
3219 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
3220 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
3221 bfd
*tmpbfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3222 asection
*sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (tmpbfd
, FALSE
);
3223 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (tmpbfd
, symbol
+ addend
, sgot
->contents
+ g
);
3226 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
)
3227 /* There's no need to create a local GOT entry here; the
3228 calculation for a local GOT16 entry does not involve G. */
3232 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
,
3233 info
, symbol
+ addend
);
3235 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3238 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
3239 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3240 abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
3245 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3246 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3247 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3248 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3249 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
3250 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
3251 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
)
3252 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
,
3254 (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, NULL
),
3262 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
3266 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3269 value
= symbol
+ mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3270 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3277 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
3279 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3280 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
3281 && ((h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3282 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
3284 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3286 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
3287 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
3288 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
3289 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
3292 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
3300 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
3304 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3305 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
3309 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3314 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16
:
3315 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
3316 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3319 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
3320 value
= symbol
+ mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
<< 2, 18) - p
;
3321 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
3322 value
= (value
>> 2) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3325 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
:
3326 /* Instead of subtracting 'p' here, we should be subtracting the
3327 equivalent value for the LO part of the reloc, since the value
3328 here is relative to that address. Because that's not easy to do,
3329 we adjust 'addend' in _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section(). See also
3330 the comment there for more information. */
3331 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- p
);
3332 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3336 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
3337 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
3338 the output file that's different. That's handled in
3339 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
3340 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
3343 value
= (((addend
<< 2) | ((p
+ 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol
) >> 2;
3345 value
= (mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
<< 2, 28) + symbol
) >> 2;
3346 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3352 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
3353 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3357 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
3358 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3364 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
3367 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
3368 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3369 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
3370 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
3371 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
3374 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
3375 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
3378 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
3379 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
3380 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
3381 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
3382 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
3383 not check for overflow here. */
3387 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
3388 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
3389 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
3390 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
3395 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
3396 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
3397 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
3398 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
3399 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
3400 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
3401 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
3402 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
3403 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
3404 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
3405 addend
= mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
3406 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
3407 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
3408 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
3409 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
3410 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
3414 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3423 /* The special case is when the symbol is forced to be local. We
3424 need the full address in the GOT since no R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
3426 forced
= ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
3427 local_sections
, FALSE
);
3428 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
3429 symbol
+ addend
, forced
);
3430 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3431 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3433 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3434 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3435 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3441 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
3443 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3446 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
3447 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
3449 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3453 value
= mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16) + symbol
- p
;
3454 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3457 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
3458 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
3459 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
3460 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
3461 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
3463 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
3464 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3467 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
3468 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
3469 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
3472 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
3473 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
3474 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
3475 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
3476 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
,
3477 abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
3478 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3481 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
3482 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
3483 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
3487 value
= symbol
- addend
;
3488 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3492 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
3493 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3496 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
3497 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
3498 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3501 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
3502 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
3503 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
3508 /* Both of these may be ignored. R_MIPS_JALR is an optimization
3509 hint; we could improve performance by honoring that hint. */
3510 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3512 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3513 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3514 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
3515 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
3518 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
3519 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
3522 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
3524 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
3527 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
3530 mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
)
3531 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
3532 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
3537 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3539 /* Obtain the bytes. */
3540 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
3542 if ((ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
3543 || ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3544 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3545 /* The two 16-bit words will be reversed on a little-endian system.
3546 See mips_elf_perform_relocation for more details. */
3547 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3552 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
3553 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
3554 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
3555 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
3556 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
3557 unconditionally converted to JALX.
3559 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
3562 mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, relocation
, value
, input_bfd
,
3563 input_section
, contents
, require_jalx
)
3564 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
3565 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
3566 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
;
3569 asection
*input_section
;
3571 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
3575 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
3577 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
3578 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
3580 /* Obtain the current value. */
3581 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
3583 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
3584 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
3586 /* If this is the R_MIPS16_26 relocation, we must store the
3587 value in a funny way. */
3588 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3590 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3591 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3594 The format of these instructions is:
3596 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3597 ! JALX ! X! Imm 20:16 ! Imm 25:21 !
3598 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3600 +-----------------------------------------------+
3602 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3603 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3605 When producing a relocateable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
3606 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
3607 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
3608 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
3609 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
3610 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
3611 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
3612 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
3613 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
3614 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
3617 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
3618 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
3619 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
3620 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
3621 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
3622 value as two 16-bit values.
3624 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
3628 +--------+----------------------+
3632 +--------+----------------------+
3635 +----------+------+-------------+
3639 +----------+--------------------+
3640 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
3641 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
3643 When producing a relocateable object file, the calculation is
3644 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3645 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
3646 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
3647 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) */
3649 if (!info
->relocateable
)
3650 /* Shuffle the bits according to the formula above. */
3651 value
= (((value
& 0x1f0000) << 5)
3652 | ((value
& 0x3e00000) >> 5)
3653 | (value
& 0xffff));
3655 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
3657 /* R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
3658 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
3660 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3661 ! EXTEND ! Imm 10:5 ! Imm 15:11 !
3662 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3663 ! Major ! rx ! ry ! Imm 4:0 !
3664 +--------------+--------------------------------+
3666 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
3669 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
3670 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
3671 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
3673 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
3674 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
3675 little-endian system. */
3676 value
= (((value
& 0x7e0) << 16)
3677 | ((value
& 0xf800) << 5)
3681 /* Set the field. */
3682 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
3684 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
3688 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
3689 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
3691 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
3692 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3694 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
3699 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
3703 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */
3706 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3707 (_("%s: %s+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
3708 bfd_archive_filename (input_bfd
),
3709 input_section
->name
,
3710 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
3711 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3715 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
3716 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
3719 /* Swap the high- and low-order 16 bits on little-endian systems
3720 when doing a MIPS16 relocation. */
3721 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
3722 && bfd_little_endian (input_bfd
))
3723 x
= (((x
& 0xffff) << 16) | ((x
& 0xffff0000) >> 16));
3725 /* Put the value into the output. */
3726 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
3730 /* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
3733 mips_elf_stub_section_p (abfd
, section
)
3734 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
3737 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, section
);
3739 return (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
3740 || strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
3741 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0);
3744 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel.dyn section in ABFD. */
3747 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (abfd
, n
)
3753 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (abfd
, FALSE
);
3754 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3756 if (s
->_raw_size
== 0)
3758 /* Make room for a null element. */
3759 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3762 s
->_raw_size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
3765 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
3766 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
3767 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
3768 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
3771 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, h
, sec
,
3772 symbol
, addendp
, input_section
)
3774 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
3775 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
3776 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3780 asection
*input_section
;
3782 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
3788 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
3789 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3790 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
3791 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
3792 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
3793 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
3794 < sreloc
->_raw_size
);
3797 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
3798 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
3799 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
3800 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
3801 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
3802 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
3805 /* We begin by assuming that the offset for the dynamic relocation
3806 is the same as for the original relocation. We'll adjust this
3807 later to reflect the correct output offsets. */
3808 if (elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
3810 outrel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
3811 outrel
[2].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
;
3815 /* Except that in a stab section things are more complex.
3816 Because we compress stab information, the offset given in the
3817 relocation may not be the one we want; we must let the stabs
3818 machinery tell us the offset. */
3819 outrel
[1].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3820 outrel
[2].r_offset
= outrel
[0].r_offset
;
3821 /* If we didn't need the relocation at all, this value will be
3823 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
3828 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
3830 /* FIXME: For -2 runtime relocation needs to be skipped, but
3831 properly resolved statically and installed. */
3832 BFD_ASSERT (outrel
[0].r_offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -2);
3834 /* If we've decided to skip this relocation, just output an empty
3835 record. Note that R_MIPS_NONE == 0, so that this call to memset
3836 is a way of setting R_TYPE to R_MIPS_NONE. */
3838 memset (outrel
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
) * 3);
3842 bfd_vma section_offset
;
3844 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
3845 in the relocation. */
3847 && (! info
->symbolic
|| (h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
3848 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
3850 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3851 /* h->root.dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
3858 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
3860 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
3862 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3867 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
3872 /* Figure out how far the target of the relocation is from
3873 the beginning of its section. */
3874 section_offset
= symbol
- sec
->output_section
->vma
;
3875 /* The relocation we're building is section-relative.
3876 Therefore, the original addend must be adjusted by the
3878 *addendp
+= section_offset
;
3879 /* Now, the relocation is just against the section. */
3880 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
3883 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
3884 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
3885 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
3886 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
3887 if (!indx
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
3890 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
3891 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
3892 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
3894 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) 0,
3895 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
3898 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) 0,
3901 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
3902 correct location in the output file. */
3903 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3904 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3905 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3906 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3907 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
3908 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3911 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
3912 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
3913 relocation format is non-standard. */
3914 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3916 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3917 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3919 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3922 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3923 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
3924 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3926 /* Record the index of the first relocation referencing H. This
3927 information is later emitted in the .msym section. */
3929 && (h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
== 0
3930 || sreloc
->reloc_count
< h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
))
3931 h
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3933 /* We've now added another relocation. */
3934 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
3936 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
3937 will be writing to it. */
3938 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
3941 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
3942 if (! skip
&& IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
3944 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
3949 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
3951 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
3952 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
3953 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
3954 + input_section
->output_offset
);
3955 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
3956 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
3958 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
3959 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
3960 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
3962 cr
= (scpt
->contents
3963 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
3964 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
3965 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
3966 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
3967 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
3974 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
3977 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flags
)
3980 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
3982 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
3983 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
3985 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
3986 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
3988 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
3989 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
3991 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
3992 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
3994 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
3995 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
3997 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
3998 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
4000 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
4001 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
4003 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
4004 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
4006 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
4007 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
4010 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
4014 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
4018 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
4022 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
4026 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
4030 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
4033 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
4034 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
4037 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
4038 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
4041 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
4042 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
4050 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
4052 static INLINE
char *
4053 elf_mips_abi_name (abfd
)
4058 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
4059 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
4062 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
4064 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
4068 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
4070 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
4072 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
4074 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
4077 return "unknown abi";
4081 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
4082 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
4083 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
4084 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
4085 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
4086 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
4087 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4088 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4090 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
4091 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
4092 definition in a shared library. */
4093 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
4094 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4095 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4097 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
4098 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4101 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (abfd
, asym
)
4105 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
4107 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
4108 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
4110 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4111 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
4112 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
4113 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
4114 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
4115 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
4116 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4118 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
4119 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
4120 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
4121 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4122 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4123 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
4124 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
4125 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4126 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4127 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
4129 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
4133 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4134 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
4135 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4136 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4139 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4140 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
4142 /* Initialize the small common section. */
4143 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
4144 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4145 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4146 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4147 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
4148 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
4149 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
4150 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4151 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
4153 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
4154 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
4157 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4158 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4161 #if 0 /* for SGI_COMPAT */
4163 asym
->section
= mips_elf_text_section_ptr
;
4167 asym
->section
= mips_elf_data_section_ptr
;
4173 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
4174 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
4175 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
4179 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (abfd
, hdr
)
4181 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4183 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
4184 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
4188 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
4189 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
4192 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
4195 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4196 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 4, abfd
) != 4)
4200 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
4201 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4202 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
4203 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
4205 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4207 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
4208 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
4209 so that we don't have to read them again.
4210 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
4211 through the section contents to see if there is an
4212 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
4214 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
4216 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4217 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4219 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4221 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4223 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4230 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4231 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
4234 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4235 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 8, abfd
) != 8)
4238 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4245 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
4246 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
4249 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
4250 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, (bfd_size_type
) 4, abfd
) != 4)
4257 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4259 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
4261 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4262 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
4263 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
4265 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4266 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4268 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
4270 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4271 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
4273 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
4275 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4276 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4278 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
4281 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
4283 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
4285 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
4287 unsigned int adjust
;
4289 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
4291 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
4299 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
4300 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
4301 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
4303 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
4307 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
)
4309 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4314 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
4315 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
4316 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
4317 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
4318 probably get away with this. */
4319 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
4321 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
4322 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
4326 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
4329 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
4330 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
4333 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
4334 if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0)
4337 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
4338 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
4341 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
4342 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
4344 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
4346 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
4347 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
4348 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
4350 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
4352 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
4353 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
4356 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
4357 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0)
4360 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
4361 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) != 0)
4364 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
4365 if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0)
4368 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
4369 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
4372 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
4373 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0
4374 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4375 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0)
4382 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
))
4387 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
4388 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
4394 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
4396 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
4397 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
4398 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
4399 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
4400 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
4402 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
4405 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, (PTR
) &ext
,
4407 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
4409 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
4410 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
4413 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
4414 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
4415 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
4416 they should agree. */
4417 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
4419 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
4421 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
4422 if (contents
== NULL
)
4424 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
4425 (file_ptr
) 0, hdr
->sh_size
))
4431 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
4432 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
4434 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
4436 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
4438 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4440 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
4442 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
4444 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
4445 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4447 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4449 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
4451 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
4453 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
4455 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
4456 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
4458 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
4468 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
4469 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
4470 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
4473 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (abfd
, hdr
, sec
)
4475 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4478 register const char *name
;
4480 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
4482 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
4484 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
4485 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->_raw_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
4486 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4488 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
4489 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
4490 else if (strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
4492 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
4493 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
4494 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4496 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
4497 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
4498 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
4500 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
4501 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
4502 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4503 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4504 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4506 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4508 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
4510 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
4511 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
4512 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
4513 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4515 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4516 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4518 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4521 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
4523 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4524 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
4525 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
4526 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
4528 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4529 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4531 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
4532 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
4535 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
4536 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
4537 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
4538 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
4539 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
4540 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
4541 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
4542 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
4544 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
4545 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4547 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0)
4549 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
4550 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4551 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
4553 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
4555 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
4556 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
4557 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4559 else if (strncmp (name
, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0)
4560 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
4561 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
4563 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
4564 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
4565 final_write_processing. */
4567 else if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0
4568 || strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
4569 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0)
4571 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
4572 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
4573 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
4575 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
4577 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
4578 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
4579 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
4582 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the
4583 default kind of relocations. But, we may actually need both
4584 kinds of relocations, so we set up the second header here.
4586 This is not necessary for the O32 ABI since that only uses Elf32_Rel
4587 relocations (cf. System V ABI, MIPS RISC Processor Supplement,
4588 3rd Edition, p. 4-17). It breaks the IRIX 5/6 32-bit ld, since one
4589 of the resulting empty .rela.<section> sections starts with
4590 sh_offset == object size, and ld doesn't allow that. While the check
4591 is arguably bogus for empty or SHT_NOBITS sections, it can easily be
4592 avoided by not emitting those useless sections in the first place. */
4593 if (! SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && ! NEWABI_P(abfd
)
4594 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
4596 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
;
4597 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
4599 esd
= elf_section_data (sec
);
4600 BFD_ASSERT (esd
->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
4601 esd
->rel_hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4604 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, esd
->rel_hdr2
, sec
,
4605 !elf_section_data (sec
)->use_rela_p
);
4611 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
4612 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
4613 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
4614 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
4615 the .scommon section. */
4618 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
, retval
)
4619 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4623 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
4625 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4628 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
4630 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
4636 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
4637 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
4640 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
)
4642 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4643 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4645 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4649 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4650 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
4651 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
4653 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
4658 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
4661 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
4662 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
4663 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
4664 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
4667 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
4668 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
4669 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
4670 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
4674 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4675 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4677 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
4678 asection
*elf_text_section
;
4679 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4681 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4682 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
4685 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4686 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4687 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
4690 /* Initialize the section. */
4692 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
4693 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4695 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
4696 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
4698 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
4699 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4700 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4701 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4702 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
4703 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4704 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
4706 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4707 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4708 so I took it out. */
4709 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
4712 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
4713 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
4715 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
4716 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4718 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
4719 asection
*elf_data_section
;
4720 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
4722 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4723 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
4726 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
4727 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4728 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
4731 /* Initialize the section. */
4733 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
4734 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4736 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
4737 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
4739 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
4740 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
4741 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
4742 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
4743 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
4744 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
4745 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
4747 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
4748 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
4749 so I took it out. */
4750 *secp
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
4753 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
4754 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4758 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
4760 && info
->hash
->creator
== abfd
->xvec
4761 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
4763 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4764 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4766 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
4768 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4769 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
,
4770 (bfd_vma
) *valp
, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4771 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4774 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4775 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4776 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4777 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4779 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4782 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
4785 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
4786 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
4787 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
4788 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
)
4794 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
4795 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
4796 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
4799 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, name
, sym
, input_sec
)
4800 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4801 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4802 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
4803 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4804 asection
*input_sec
;
4806 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
4807 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
4808 common in the output file. */
4809 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4810 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
4811 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
4813 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
4814 && (sym
->st_value
& 1) != 0)
4820 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
4822 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
4825 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
)
4827 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4829 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4830 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
4832 register asection
*s
;
4833 const char * const *namep
;
4835 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
4836 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
4838 /* Mips ABI requests the .dynamic section to be read only. */
4839 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4842 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
4846 /* We need to create .got section. */
4847 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
, FALSE
))
4850 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
, TRUE
))
4853 /* Create the .msym section on IRIX6. It is used by the dynamic
4854 linker to speed up dynamic relocations, and to avoid computing
4855 the ELF hash for symbols. */
4856 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
4857 && !mips_elf_create_msym_section (abfd
))
4860 /* Create .stub section. */
4861 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4862 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == NULL
)
4864 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
));
4866 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
| SEC_CODE
)
4867 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4868 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4872 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
4874 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
4876 s
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4878 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
)
4879 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
4880 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
4884 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
4885 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
4886 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
4887 the linker takes such action. */
4888 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
4890 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
4893 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4894 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
4895 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4896 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4899 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4900 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4901 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4902 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4904 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4908 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
4909 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
4911 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
4915 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
4916 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".hash");
4918 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4919 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
4921 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4922 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
4924 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4925 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
4927 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4928 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4930 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4);
4937 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
4939 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4940 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
4941 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4942 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4945 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4946 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4947 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4948 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
4950 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4953 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
4955 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
4956 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
4957 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
4958 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
4959 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rld_map");
4960 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4962 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
4964 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4965 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
4966 (bfd_vma
) 0, (const char *) NULL
, FALSE
,
4967 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
4970 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4971 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
&= ~ELF_LINK_NON_ELF
;
4972 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
;
4973 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
4975 if (! bfd_elf32_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4983 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4984 allocate space in the global offset table. */
4987 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (abfd
, info
, sec
, relocs
)
4989 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4991 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
4995 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4996 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4997 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4999 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5000 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
5003 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5005 if (info
->relocateable
)
5008 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5009 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5010 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5011 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5013 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
5015 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
5016 if (strncmp (name
, FN_STUB
, sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5018 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5020 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5023 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5025 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5026 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5030 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
5031 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
5032 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
5033 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5035 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
5036 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
5038 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
5039 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5040 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
5041 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), FN_STUB
,
5042 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) == 0
5043 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_STUB
,
5044 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5045 || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5046 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5049 sec_relocs
= (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,link_read_relocs
)
5050 (abfd
, o
, (PTR
) NULL
,
5051 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
5052 info
->keep_memory
));
5053 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
5056 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
5057 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
5058 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
5059 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) != R_MIPS16_26
)
5062 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
5071 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
5072 not need it. Since this function is called before
5073 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
5074 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
5076 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5080 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
5082 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
5084 unsigned long symcount
;
5088 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
5089 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
5091 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5092 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
5093 n
= (asection
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5096 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
5099 elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
5101 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
5102 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
5103 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
5104 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
5108 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5110 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5111 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5113 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5116 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5119 else if (strncmp (name
, CALL_STUB
, sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) == 0
5120 || strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5122 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5123 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5126 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
5129 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocs
->r_info
);
5131 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
5132 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
5134 /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined
5135 in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in
5136 mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply
5137 discard this stub. Since this function is called before
5138 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can
5139 easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
5140 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5144 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5145 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5147 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
5149 if (strncmp (name
, CALL_FP_STUB
, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) == 0)
5150 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
5152 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
5154 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
5155 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
5156 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
5157 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
5158 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we
5159 happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is
5160 not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but
5161 it is slightly faster to check now. */
5162 if (*loc
!= NULL
|| h
->root
.other
== STO_MIPS16
)
5164 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5169 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
5179 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
5184 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
5185 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
5186 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
5191 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5192 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5193 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
5195 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5196 unsigned int r_type
;
5197 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5199 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5200 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5202 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5204 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
5206 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5207 (_("%s: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
5208 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), name
);
5209 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5214 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5216 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
5219 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5220 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5224 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
5225 if (dynobj
== NULL
|| sgot
== NULL
)
5231 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5232 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5233 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5234 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5235 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
5236 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
5237 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5239 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5240 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, FALSE
))
5242 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5249 && (info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5250 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5251 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5259 if (!h
&& (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
5260 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
5261 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
))
5263 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
5264 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
5265 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
5266 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
5267 R_MIPS_CALL16. We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
5268 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
5269 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
5270 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
5280 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5281 (_("%s: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
5282 bfd_archive_filename (abfd
), (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
5283 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5288 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5289 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5292 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5293 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5296 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
5297 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
5298 elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol in elflink.h. */
5299 h
->elf_link_hash_flags
|= ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
;
5305 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5306 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5307 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5308 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
5309 if (h
&& ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5316 if ((info
->shared
|| h
!= NULL
)
5317 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5321 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, TRUE
);
5325 #define MIPS_READONLY_SECTION (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)
5328 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
5329 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
5330 relocs. We make room for this reloc in the
5331 .rel.dyn reloc section. */
5332 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, 1);
5333 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5334 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5335 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
5336 relocations against the text segment. */
5337 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5341 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5343 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
5344 defined in a dynamic object. */
5345 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5346 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
5347 if ((sec
->flags
& MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5348 == MIPS_READONLY_SECTION
)
5349 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
5350 are relocations against the text segment. */
5351 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
5354 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
5355 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
5356 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
5357 dynamic relocations against it. */
5361 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
5362 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
, TRUE
))
5364 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &sgot
);
5365 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, g
))
5370 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5371 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5372 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5376 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5377 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5378 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5379 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
5380 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
5381 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
5384 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
5385 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
5386 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5387 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5391 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
5392 used. Record for later use during GC. */
5393 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5394 if (!_bfd_elf32_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
5402 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
5403 related to taking the function's address. */
5409 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5411 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5412 mh
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5416 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5417 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5421 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
5422 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
5423 References from a stub section do not count. */
5425 && r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5426 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), FN_STUB
,
5427 sizeof FN_STUB
- 1) != 0
5428 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_STUB
,
5429 sizeof CALL_STUB
- 1) != 0
5430 && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), CALL_FP_STUB
,
5431 sizeof CALL_FP_STUB
- 1) != 0)
5433 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
5435 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5436 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
5443 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
5444 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
5445 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
5446 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
5450 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
)
5451 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5452 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5455 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
5458 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5460 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
5461 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
5462 && ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
)
5463 || h
->weakdef
!= NULL
5464 || ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5465 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0
5466 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5467 & ELF_LINK_HASH_REF_REGULAR
) != 0
5468 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5469 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)));
5471 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
5472 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
5474 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5475 if (! info
->relocateable
5476 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
5477 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5478 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
5479 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0))
5481 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
,
5482 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
5483 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
5484 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
5485 against the text segment. */
5486 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5489 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
5490 if (! hmips
->no_fn_stub
5491 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) != 0)
5493 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5496 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
5497 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
5498 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
5499 executable and the shared library. */
5500 if ((h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)
5502 /* We need .stub section. */
5503 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
5504 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
5505 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5507 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5508 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= s
->_raw_size
;
5510 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
5511 h
->plt
.offset
= s
->_raw_size
;
5513 /* Make room for this stub code. */
5514 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5516 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
5517 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
5521 else if ((h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
5522 && (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_HASH_NEEDS_PLT
) == 0)
5524 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
5525 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
5526 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
5530 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
5531 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
5532 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
5533 if (h
->weakdef
!= NULL
)
5535 BFD_ASSERT (h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5536 || h
->weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
5537 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5538 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5542 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
5543 is not a function. */
5548 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
5549 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
5550 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
5553 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
5555 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5561 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
5563 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
5564 bfd_size_type local_gotno
;
5567 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
5568 ri
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
5570 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, ri
,
5571 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
5573 if (! (info
->relocateable
5574 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
))
5575 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
5576 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs
,
5579 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5581 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
5584 g
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, &s
);
5588 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
5589 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
5591 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5593 asection
*subsection
;
5595 for (subsection
= sub
->sections
;
5597 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
5599 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
5601 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->_raw_size
+ 0xf)
5602 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
5606 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
5607 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
5608 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
5609 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
5611 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, 1))
5614 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
5615 i
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
5617 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
5618 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
5621 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
5622 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
5624 loadable_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
* (i
+ 1);
5626 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of
5627 contiguous sections. Is 5 enough? */
5628 local_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
5630 g
->local_gotno
+= local_gotno
;
5631 s
->_raw_size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5633 g
->global_gotno
= i
;
5634 s
->_raw_size
+= i
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5636 if (s
->_raw_size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (output_bfd
)
5637 && ! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, g
, s
, local_gotno
))
5643 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5646 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
5648 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5652 bfd_boolean reltext
;
5654 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5655 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
5657 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5659 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5662 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5663 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5665 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
5667 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
5671 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
5672 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
5675 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5680 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
5681 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
5682 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
5684 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5689 if (strncmp (name
, ".rel", 4) == 0)
5691 if (s
->_raw_size
== 0)
5693 /* We only strip the section if the output section name
5694 has the same name. Otherwise, there might be several
5695 input sections for this output section. FIXME: This
5696 code is probably not needed these days anyhow, since
5697 the linker now does not create empty output sections. */
5698 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
5700 bfd_get_section_name (s
->output_section
->owner
,
5701 s
->output_section
)) == 0)
5706 const char *outname
;
5709 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
5710 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
5711 If the relocation section is .rel.dyn, we always
5712 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
5713 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
5715 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
5717 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
5719 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
5720 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5721 || strcmp (outname
, ".rel.dyn") == 0)
5724 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5725 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5726 if (strcmp (name
, ".rel.dyn") != 0)
5729 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
5730 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
5731 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
5732 will move them around between input sections'
5733 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
5734 broken, so don't let it run. */
5735 info
->combreloc
= 0;
5738 else if (strncmp (name
, ".got", 4) == 0)
5740 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
5741 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
5742 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
5744 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= mips_elf_got_info (dynobj
, NULL
);
5745 struct mips_got_info
*g
= gg
;
5746 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg
;
5747 unsigned int needed_relocs
= 0;
5751 set_got_offset_arg
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
5752 set_got_offset_arg
.info
= info
;
5754 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg
);
5755 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
5757 unsigned int save_assign
;
5759 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g
);
5761 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
5762 save_assign
= g
->assigned_gotno
;
5763 g
->assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
5764 set_got_offset_arg
.g
= g
;
5765 set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
= 0;
5766 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
,
5767 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset
,
5768 &set_got_offset_arg
);
5769 needed_relocs
+= set_got_offset_arg
.needed_relocs
;
5770 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
- g
->local_gotno
5771 <= g
->global_gotno
);
5773 g
->assigned_gotno
= save_assign
;
5776 needed_relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_gotno
;
5777 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
5778 + g
->next
->global_gotno
5779 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
);
5784 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, needed_relocs
);
5787 else if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)) == 0)
5789 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
5790 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
5791 s
->_raw_size
+= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
5793 else if (! info
->shared
5794 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
5795 && strncmp (name
, ".rld_map", 8) == 0)
5797 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
5798 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
5801 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
5802 && strncmp (name
, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0)
5803 s
->_raw_size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
5804 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
5805 s
->_raw_size
= (sizeof (Elf32_External_Msym
)
5806 * (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
5807 + bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
)));
5808 else if (strncmp (name
, ".init", 5) != 0)
5810 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5816 _bfd_strip_section_from_output (info
, s
);
5820 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5821 s
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->_raw_size
);
5822 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->_raw_size
!= 0)
5824 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
5829 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5831 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5832 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5833 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5834 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5835 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5838 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
5839 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */
5840 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
5842 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
5844 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5850 /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */
5851 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
5853 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5858 if (reltext
&& SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
5859 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5861 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
5863 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
5867 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
5870 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
))
5872 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
5875 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
5878 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
5882 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
5884 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
, 0))
5888 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
5890 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
, 0))
5894 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".conflict") != NULL
)
5896 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
, 0))
5899 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".liblist");
5900 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5902 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
, 0))
5906 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
5909 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
5913 /* Time stamps in executable files are a bad idea. */
5914 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
, 0))
5919 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
, 0))
5924 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_IVERSION
, 0))
5928 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
5931 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
5934 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
5937 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
5940 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
5943 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
5944 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
5947 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
5948 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
5949 (dynobj
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
5950 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
5953 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym")
5954 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_MSYM
, 0))
5961 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
5964 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
5965 contents
, relocs
, local_syms
, local_sections
)
5967 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
5969 asection
*input_section
;
5971 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5972 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
5973 asection
**local_sections
;
5975 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
5976 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
5978 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
5979 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5981 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5982 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
5983 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
5987 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
5988 bfd_boolean require_jalx
;
5989 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
5991 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
5992 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
5993 const char * msg
= (const char *) NULL
;
5995 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
5996 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5998 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
5999 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
6000 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
6001 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
6002 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
6003 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
6004 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
6006 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
6008 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6012 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */
6013 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
,
6014 NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
6015 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
6016 (input_bfd
, input_section
,
6019 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
6021 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6023 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
6024 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
6025 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
6026 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation
6027 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's
6028 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
6029 rel_hdr
= &elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr
;
6030 if ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
6031 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
))
6032 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->rel_hdr2
;
6033 if (rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
== MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd
))
6035 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */
6036 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
6038 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
6039 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, input_bfd
,
6041 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6042 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
6044 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a
6045 combination of the addend stored in two different
6047 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
6048 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
6049 || (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6050 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
6051 local_sections
, FALSE
)))
6054 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
6055 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
6058 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend,
6059 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16
6060 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does
6061 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of
6064 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. */
6065 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6066 lo
= R_MIPS_GNU_REL_LO16
;
6069 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd
, lo
,
6071 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
6074 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
6075 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, lo
, FALSE
);
6076 l
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto
, lo16_relocation
,
6077 input_bfd
, contents
);
6078 l
&= lo16_howto
->src_mask
;
6079 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
6080 l
= mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
6084 /* Compute the combined addend. */
6087 /* If PC-relative, subtract the difference between the
6088 address of the LO part of the reloc and the address of
6089 the HI part. The relocation is relative to the LO
6090 part, but mips_elf_calculate_relocation() doesn't
6091 know its address or the difference from the HI part, so
6092 we subtract that difference here. See also the
6093 comment in mips_elf_calculate_relocation(). */
6094 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6095 addend
-= (lo16_relocation
->r_offset
- rel
->r_offset
);
6097 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
)
6099 /* The addend is scrambled in the object file. See
6100 mips_elf_perform_relocation for details on the
6102 addend
= (((addend
& 0x1f0000) >> 5)
6103 | ((addend
& 0x7e00000) >> 16)
6108 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
6111 if (info
->relocateable
)
6113 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6114 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6116 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
6117 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6120 /* Since we're just relocating, all we need to do is copy
6121 the relocations back out to the object file, unless
6122 they're against a section symbol, in which case we need
6123 to adjust by the section offset, or unless they're GP
6124 relative in which case we need to adjust by the amount
6125 that we're adjusting GP in this relocateable object. */
6127 if (! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
,
6129 /* There's nothing to do for non-local relocations. */
6132 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_GPREL
6133 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL16
6134 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
6135 || r_type
== R_MIPS_LITERAL
)
6136 addend
-= (_bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
6137 - _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
));
6139 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6140 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
6141 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
6142 /* Adjust the addend appropriately. */
6143 addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
6145 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6147 /* If the relocation is for a R_MIPS_HI16 or R_MIPS_GOT16,
6148 then we only want to write out the high-order 16 bits.
6149 The subsequent R_MIPS_LO16 will handle the low-order bits.
6151 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
6152 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL_HI16
)
6153 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
6154 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
6155 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
6156 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
6157 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
6160 if (rela_relocation_p
)
6161 /* If this is a RELA relocation, just update the addend.
6162 We have to cast away constness for REL. */
6163 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
6166 /* Otherwise, we have to write the value back out. Note
6167 that we use the source mask, rather than the
6168 destination mask because the place to which we are
6169 writing will be source of the addend in the final
6171 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6172 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
6174 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6175 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6176 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
6177 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
6178 but for endianness. */
6184 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6186 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6193 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6194 do two separate stores. */
6195 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6197 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6199 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6205 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6207 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6208 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6209 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6210 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6214 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
6215 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6220 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
6224 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
6225 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
6226 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
6228 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
6229 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
6230 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
6231 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
6233 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
6235 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6237 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
6238 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
6239 input_section
, info
, rel
,
6240 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
6241 local_sections
, &value
,
6242 &name
, &require_jalx
,
6243 use_saved_addend_p
))
6245 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
6246 /* There's nothing to do. */
6249 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
6250 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
6251 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
6252 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
6253 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
6256 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
6257 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
6258 info
->callbacks
->warning
6259 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
6262 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
6263 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6264 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
6265 a given location. */
6269 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
6270 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
6271 (info
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
6272 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
6285 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
6286 until we reach the last one. */
6287 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
6293 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6294 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
6295 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
6296 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
6297 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
6298 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
6299 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
6300 only a 32-bit VMA. */
6306 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
6308 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
6315 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
6316 do two separate stores. */
6317 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
6319 /* Undo what we did above. */
6321 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
6323 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
6329 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
6331 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
6332 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
6333 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
6334 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
6338 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
6339 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
6340 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6341 contents
, require_jalx
))
6348 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
6349 adjust it appropriately now. */
6352 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (abfd
, name
, sym
)
6353 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
6355 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6357 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
6358 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
6359 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
6362 "__dso_displacement",
6364 "__program_header_table",
6368 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
6376 const char* const *p
;
6379 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
6380 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
6383 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
6385 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
6387 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6389 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
6391 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6393 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6399 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6400 dynamic sections here. */
6403 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, info
, h
, sym
)
6405 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6406 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6407 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6413 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
6415 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
6417 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6418 gval
= sym
->st_value
;
6419 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6421 if (h
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
6424 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
];
6426 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
6428 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
6430 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6431 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6432 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6434 /* FIXME: Can h->dynindex be more than 64K? */
6435 if (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff0000)
6438 /* Fill the stub. */
6439 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
);
6440 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ 4);
6441 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ 8);
6442 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16 (output_bfd
) + h
->dynindx
, stub
+ 12);
6444 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.offset
<= s
->_raw_size
);
6445 memcpy (s
->contents
+ h
->plt
.offset
, stub
, MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6447 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
6448 only for the referenced symbol. */
6449 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6451 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
6452 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
6453 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
6454 gval
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
+ h
->plt
.offset
;
6455 sym
->st_value
= gval
;
6458 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
6459 || (h
->elf_link_hash_flags
& ELF_LINK_FORCED_LOCAL
) != 0);
6461 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6462 BFD_ASSERT (sgot
!= NULL
);
6463 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6464 g
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6465 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6467 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
6468 the symbols that need them. */
6469 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
6470 && h
->dynindx
>= g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
6476 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6479 /* For an entity defined in a shared object, this will be
6480 NULL. (For functions in shared objects for
6481 which we have created stubs, ST_VALUE will be non-NULL.
6482 That's because such the functions are now no longer defined
6483 in a shared object.) */
6485 if ((info
->shared
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
6486 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6489 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6491 offset
= mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj
, output_bfd
, h
);
6492 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6495 if (g
->next
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6497 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
6500 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6505 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
6507 e
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
;
6510 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6511 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6513 else if (sym
->st_value
)
6514 value
= sym
->st_value
;
6516 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6518 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6519 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
6521 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6524 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
6528 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
6530 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
6533 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
6535 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6536 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6537 && ((p
->d
.h
->root
.elf_link_hash_flags
6538 & ELF_LINK_HASH_DEF_REGULAR
) == 0)))
6539 && ! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6540 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
6541 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, value
, &addend
, sgot
)))
6543 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
6548 /* Create a .msym entry, if appropriate. */
6549 smsym
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym");
6552 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym
;
6554 msym
.ms_hash_value
= bfd_elf_hash (h
->root
.root
.string
);
6555 /* It is undocumented what the `1' indicates, but IRIX6 uses
6557 msym
.ms_info
= ELF32_MS_INFO (mh
->min_dyn_reloc_index
, 1);
6558 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
6560 ((Elf32_External_Msym
*) smsym
->contents
) + h
->dynindx
);
6563 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
6564 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
6565 if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
6566 || strcmp (name
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
6567 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6568 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
6569 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
6571 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6572 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6575 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
6577 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6578 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6579 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
6581 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6583 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
6584 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
6586 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6587 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6589 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6591 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
6593 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6594 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
6595 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
6596 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
6598 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
6600 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
6601 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
6602 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6603 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
6607 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
6608 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6609 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
6613 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6614 && (strcmp (name
, "__rld_map") == 0
6615 || strcmp (name
, "__RLD_MAP") == 0))
6617 asection
*s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map");
6618 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6619 sym
->st_value
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
6620 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, s
->contents
);
6621 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
== 0)
6622 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6624 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
6625 && strcmp (name
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
6627 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */
6628 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
6629 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_none
)
6630 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".rld_map")
6632 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
= sym
->st_value
;
6636 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
6637 if (sym
->st_other
== STO_MIPS16
6638 && (sym
->st_value
& 1) != 0)
6644 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
6647 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (output_bfd
, info
)
6649 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6654 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
6656 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6658 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
6660 sgot
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6665 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot
) != NULL
);
6666 gg
= mips_elf_section_data (sgot
)->u
.got_info
;
6667 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
6668 g
= mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg
, output_bfd
);
6669 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6672 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6676 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
6677 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
6679 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
6680 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->_raw_size
;
6681 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
6683 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6687 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
6689 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
6690 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
6692 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
6698 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6699 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6700 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
6704 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
6706 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6712 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
6715 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
6718 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6719 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6720 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6723 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
6724 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
6728 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
6731 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
6733 elemsize
= sizeof (Elf32_Conflict
);
6736 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
6738 elemsize
= sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
6740 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6743 if (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
6744 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_cooked_size
/ elemsize
;
6746 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_raw_size
/ elemsize
;
6752 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
6753 time ((time_t *) &dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
6756 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
6761 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
6766 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
6767 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
6768 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6769 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
6772 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
6773 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
6776 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
6777 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
6778 entry of the first external symbol that is not
6779 referenced within the same object. */
6780 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
6783 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
6784 if (gg
->global_gotsym
)
6786 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= gg
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
6789 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
6790 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
6791 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
6793 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
6795 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6796 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
6797 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6799 if (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
6800 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_cooked_size
/ elemsize
;
6802 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->_raw_size
/ elemsize
;
6805 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
6806 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO
;
6809 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
6810 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_value
;
6813 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
6814 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
6815 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
6816 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6820 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".msym"));
6821 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
6830 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
6835 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
6836 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
6837 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
6838 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->_raw_size
> 0)
6840 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
6841 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000,
6842 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6846 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
6847 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6849 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
6850 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
6852 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
6855 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
6856 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
6858 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
6860 bfd_vma index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
;
6862 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
6863 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6864 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0x80000000, sgot
->contents
6865 + index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
6870 while (index
< g
->assigned_gotno
)
6872 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
6873 = index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
6874 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
6875 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
6876 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6879 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
6887 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
6889 /* ??? The section symbols for the output sections were set up in
6890 _bfd_elf_final_link. SGI sets the STT_NOTYPE attribute for these
6891 symbols. Should we do so? */
6893 smsym
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".msym");
6896 Elf32_Internal_Msym msym
;
6898 msym
.ms_hash_value
= 0;
6899 msym
.ms_info
= ELF32_MS_INFO (0, 1);
6901 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6903 long dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
6905 bfd_mips_elf_swap_msym_out
6907 (((Elf32_External_Msym
*) smsym
->contents
)
6912 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6914 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
6915 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6919 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
6921 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
6922 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6925 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
6926 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
6929 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
6930 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
,
6931 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
));
6934 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
6936 BFD_ASSERT (s
->_raw_size
>= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6937 dummy_offset
= s
->_raw_size
- MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
;
6938 memset (s
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
6939 MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_SIZE
);
6944 /* We need to sort the entries of the dynamic relocation section. */
6946 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
6949 && s
->_raw_size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
6951 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6953 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6954 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
6955 (size_t) s
->reloc_count
- 1,
6956 sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
6958 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
6959 (size_t) s
->reloc_count
- 1,
6960 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
), sort_dynamic_relocs
);
6968 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
6971 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
)
6976 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
6979 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
6980 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
6983 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
6984 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
6987 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
6988 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
6991 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
6992 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
6993 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
6994 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
6995 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
6998 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
6999 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
7002 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
7003 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
7006 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
7007 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
7010 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
7011 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
7014 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
7015 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
7018 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
7019 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
7022 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
7023 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
7026 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
7027 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
7028 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
7029 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
7030 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
7033 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
7034 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
7037 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
7038 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
7041 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
7042 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
7045 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
7046 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
7049 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
7050 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
7053 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
7054 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
7059 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
7060 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
7061 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7064 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
, linker
)
7066 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7069 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
7073 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
7074 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
7075 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
7076 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
7077 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
7079 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
7080 info for each special section. */
7081 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
7082 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
7085 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
7088 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7089 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7091 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7094 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7095 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7096 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7097 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7098 && strncmp (name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0);
7099 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
7100 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7101 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7104 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7105 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7106 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7107 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
7108 && strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.content",
7109 sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0);
7110 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7111 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
7112 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7113 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7116 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7117 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7119 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7120 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
7122 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7125 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7126 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
7127 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
7128 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
7129 if (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0)
7130 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7131 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
7134 BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel",
7135 sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0);
7136 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7138 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
7140 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
7141 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
7148 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
7152 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (abfd
)
7158 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
7159 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7160 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
7163 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
7164 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
7165 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
7166 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
7169 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
7170 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
7171 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
7172 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
7178 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
7181 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
)
7185 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
7188 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
7190 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7191 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7193 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7194 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7199 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7203 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7207 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
7208 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7210 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
7211 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
7219 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
7220 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
7221 PT_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
7224 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
7225 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
7226 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
7228 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7230 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
7231 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7236 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
7238 /* Usually, there's a program header table. But, sometimes
7239 there's not (like when running the `ld' testsuite). So,
7240 if there's no program header table, we just put the
7241 options segment at the end. */
7242 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7245 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7248 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
7249 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7250 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
7251 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7252 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
7253 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
7254 options_segment
->count
= 1;
7255 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
7256 *pm
= options_segment
;
7261 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7263 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
7264 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
7265 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
7266 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
7267 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
7269 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7270 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
7275 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7279 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
7281 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
7286 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7294 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
7295 pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
7296 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
7306 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
7307 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
7309 for (pm
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; *pm
!= NULL
;
7311 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
7314 if (m
!= NULL
&& IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
7316 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
7317 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
7318 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
7319 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
7320 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
7322 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
7323 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7327 && m
->count
== 1 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
7329 static const char *sec_names
[] =
7331 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
7335 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
7339 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
7341 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
7342 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7348 sz
= s
->_cooked_size
;
7351 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
7357 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7358 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7361 + (s
->_cooked_size
!=
7362 0 ? s
->_cooked_size
: s
->_raw_size
)) <= high
))
7365 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
7366 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7373 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7375 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
7378 + (s
->_cooked_size
!= 0 ?
7379 s
->_cooked_size
: s
->_raw_size
)) <= high
))
7393 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
7397 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
)
7399 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7400 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7401 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7402 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7404 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
7408 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
7410 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7411 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7415 switch (h
->root
.type
)
7417 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7418 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7419 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
7421 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7422 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
7430 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7435 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
7438 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (abfd
, info
, sec
, relocs
)
7439 bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7440 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7441 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7442 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
;
7445 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7446 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7447 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
7448 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
7449 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7450 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7452 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7453 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7454 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
7456 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7457 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7458 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
7462 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
7463 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
7464 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
7465 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
7466 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
7467 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
7468 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
7469 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
7470 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
7471 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
7482 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
7483 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
7484 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
7485 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
7488 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (bed
, dir
, ind
)
7489 struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7490 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
, *ind
;
7492 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
7494 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (bed
, dir
, ind
);
7496 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7499 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
7500 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
7501 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
7502 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
7503 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
7504 if (dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
== 0
7505 || (indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
!= 0
7506 && indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
< dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
))
7507 dirmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
= indmips
->min_dyn_reloc_index
;
7508 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
7509 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
7513 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info
, entry
, force_local
)
7514 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7515 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*entry
;
7516 bfd_boolean force_local
;
7520 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
7521 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7523 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7524 if (h
->forced_local
)
7526 h
->forced_local
= TRUE
;
7528 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7529 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
7530 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
7534 struct mips_got_entry e
;
7535 struct mips_got_info
*gg
= g
;
7537 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
7538 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
7539 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
7540 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
7541 the upper limit of global entries. */
7546 for (g
= g
->next
; g
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
7547 if (htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &e
))
7549 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7554 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
7555 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
7556 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
7557 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
7558 if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 2)
7560 BFD_ASSERT (gg
->assigned_gotno
> 0);
7561 gg
->assigned_gotno
--;
7564 else if (g
->global_gotno
== 0 && g
->global_gotsym
== NULL
)
7565 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the
7566 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as
7569 else if (h
->root
.got
.offset
== 1)
7571 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had
7572 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry
7574 BFD_ASSERT (g
->global_gotno
> 0);
7579 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->root
, force_local
);
7585 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (abfd
, cookie
, info
)
7587 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
;
7588 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7591 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7592 unsigned char *tdata
;
7595 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
7598 if (o
->_raw_size
== 0)
7600 if (o
->_raw_size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
7602 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
7603 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
7606 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->_raw_size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
7610 cookie
->rels
= (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,link_read_relocs
)
7611 (abfd
, o
, (PTR
) NULL
,
7612 (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
7613 info
->keep_memory
));
7620 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
7621 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7623 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->_raw_size
; i
++)
7625 if (MNAME(abfd
,_bfd_elf
,reloc_symbol_deleted_p
) (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
7634 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
7635 o
->_cooked_size
= o
->_raw_size
- skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
7641 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
7642 free (cookie
->rels
);
7648 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (sec
)
7651 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
7657 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (output_bfd
, sec
, contents
)
7662 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
7665 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
7668 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
7672 end
= contents
+ sec
->_raw_size
;
7673 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
7675 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
7677 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
7680 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
7683 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
7684 (file_ptr
) sec
->output_offset
,
7689 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
7690 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
7692 struct mips_elf_find_line
7694 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
7695 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
7699 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
, filename_ptr
,
7700 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
)
7705 const char **filename_ptr
;
7706 const char **functionname_ptr
;
7707 unsigned int *line_ptr
;
7711 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7712 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7716 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7717 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7719 (unsigned) (ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0),
7720 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7723 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
7727 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
7728 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
7729 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
7731 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
7732 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
7733 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
7734 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
7735 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
7736 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
7738 fi
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
7741 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
7744 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
7745 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
7747 fi
= (struct mips_elf_find_line
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7750 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7754 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
7756 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7760 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
7761 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
7762 fi
->d
.fdr
= (struct fdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7763 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
7765 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7768 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
7769 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
7770 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
7771 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
7772 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
7773 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
7774 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, (PTR
) fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
7776 elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
7778 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
7779 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
7780 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
7781 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
7782 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
7783 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
7786 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
7787 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7790 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7794 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
7797 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
7799 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7800 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7804 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
7805 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
7806 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
7809 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
, count
)
7814 bfd_size_type count
;
7816 if (strcmp (section
->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
7820 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7822 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
7823 section
->used_by_bfd
= (PTR
) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7824 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
7827 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
7832 if (section
->_cooked_size
!= 0)
7833 size
= section
->_cooked_size
;
7835 size
= section
->_raw_size
;
7836 c
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
7839 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
7842 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, (size_t) count
);
7845 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
7849 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
7850 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
7853 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents (abfd
, link_info
, link_order
,
7854 data
, relocateable
, symbols
)
7856 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
7857 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
;
7859 bfd_boolean relocateable
;
7862 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
7863 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
7864 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
7866 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
7867 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
7873 reloc_vector
= (arelent
**) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type
) reloc_size
);
7874 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
7877 /* read in the section */
7878 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
,
7882 input_section
->_raw_size
))
7885 /* We're not relaxing the section, so just copy the size info */
7886 input_section
->_cooked_size
= input_section
->_raw_size
;
7887 input_section
->reloc_done
= TRUE
;
7889 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
7893 if (reloc_count
< 0)
7896 if (reloc_count
> 0)
7901 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
7904 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
7905 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
7906 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
7907 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
7908 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
7912 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
7913 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7920 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
7921 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
7922 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
7925 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
7926 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
7928 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
7930 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
7931 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
7933 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
7935 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
7944 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= (arelent
*) NULL
;
7947 char *error_message
= (char *) NULL
;
7948 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7950 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
7951 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
7952 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
7953 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
) && abfd
)
7955 /* The special_function wouldn't get called anyway. */
7959 /* The gp isn't there; let the special function code
7960 fall over on its own. */
7962 else if ((*parent
)->howto
->special_function
7963 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
7965 /* bypass special_function call */
7966 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
7967 input_section
, relocateable
,
7969 goto skip_bfd_perform_relocation
;
7971 /* end mips specific stuff */
7973 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
,
7977 relocateable
? abfd
: (bfd
*) NULL
,
7979 skip_bfd_perform_relocation
:
7983 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
7985 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
7986 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
7990 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
7994 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
7995 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
7996 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
7997 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
,
8001 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
8002 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= (char *) NULL
);
8003 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
8004 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
8005 (*parent
)->address
)))
8008 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
8009 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
8010 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
8011 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
8012 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
8015 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
8024 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8025 free (reloc_vector
);
8029 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
8030 free (reloc_vector
);
8034 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
8036 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
8037 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
)
8040 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
8041 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
8043 ret
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8044 if (ret
== (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) NULL
)
8047 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
8048 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
))
8055 /* We no longer use this. */
8056 for (i
= 0; i
< SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
; i
++)
8057 ret
->dynsym_sec_strindex
[i
] = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
8059 ret
->procedure_count
= 0;
8060 ret
->compact_rel_size
= 0;
8061 ret
->use_rld_obj_head
= FALSE
;
8063 ret
->mips16_stubs_seen
= FALSE
;
8065 return &ret
->root
.root
;
8068 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
8069 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
8070 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
8073 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
)
8075 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8079 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
8080 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
8081 asection
*rtproc_sec
;
8082 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
8083 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
8084 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
8085 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
8086 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
8087 PTR mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
8093 static const char * const secname
[] =
8095 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
8096 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
8098 static const int sc
[] =
8100 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
8101 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
8104 /* If all the things we linked together were PIC, but we're
8105 producing an executable (rather than a shared object), then the
8106 resulting file is CPIC (i.e., it calls PIC code.) */
8108 && !info
->relocateable
8109 && elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
8111 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
8112 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
8115 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
8116 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
8117 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
8119 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8123 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
8125 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
8126 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
8127 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
8128 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
8129 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
8131 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info
, (info
->shared
8132 ? bfd_count_sections (abfd
) + 1
8136 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
8137 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8138 got
= mips_elf_got_section (dynobj
, FALSE
);
8139 g
= mips_elf_section_data (got
)->u
.got_info
;
8141 if (g
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
8142 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
8143 - g
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
)
8144 <= g
->global_gotno
);
8148 /* We want to set the GP value for ld -r. */
8149 /* On IRIX5, we omit the .options section. On IRIX6, however, we
8150 include it, even though we don't process it quite right. (Some
8151 entries are supposed to be merged.) Empirically, we seem to be
8152 better off including it then not. */
8153 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
|| IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_none
)
8154 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8156 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)) == 0)
8158 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8159 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8160 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8161 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8162 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8163 --abfd
->section_count
;
8169 /* We include .MIPS.options, even though we don't process it quite right.
8170 (Some entries are supposed to be merged.) At IRIX6 empirically we seem
8171 to be better off including it than not. */
8172 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
; *secpp
!= NULL
; secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8174 if (strcmp ((*secpp
)->name
, ".MIPS.options") == 0)
8176 for (p
= (*secpp
)->link_order_head
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
8177 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8178 p
->u
.indirect
.section
->flags
&=~ SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8179 (*secpp
)->link_order_head
= NULL
;
8180 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8181 --abfd
->section_count
;
8188 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
8189 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
8191 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8193 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8194 if (h
!= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) NULL
8195 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
8196 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
8197 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8198 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8199 else if (info
->relocateable
)
8201 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
8203 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
8204 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= (asection
*) NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8206 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
8209 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
8210 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (abfd
);
8214 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
8215 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
8216 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
8220 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
8224 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
8225 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
8226 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= (asection
*) NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8228 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
8230 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
8232 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
8233 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8234 the information together. */
8235 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8236 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8239 asection
*input_section
;
8241 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8244 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8246 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8251 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8252 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8254 /* The linker emulation code has probably clobbered the
8255 size to be zero bytes. */
8256 if (input_section
->_raw_size
== 0)
8257 input_section
->_raw_size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
8259 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8262 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
8265 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
8267 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
8268 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
8269 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
8270 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
8271 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
8273 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
8274 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
8275 finally written out. */
8277 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8278 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8279 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8282 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
8283 BFD_ASSERT(o
->_raw_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
8285 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8286 matters, but someday it might). */
8287 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8292 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
8294 struct extsym_info einfo
;
8297 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
8298 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
8299 the information together. */
8300 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
8301 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
8303 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
8307 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
8308 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
8309 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
8311 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
8314 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
8316 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
8317 debug_info structure. */
8319 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
8320 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
8321 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
8322 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
8323 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
8325 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
8326 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
8327 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
8328 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
8330 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8331 if (mdebug_handle
== (PTR
) NULL
)
8335 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
8339 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
8340 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
8341 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
8342 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
8344 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
8346 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
8347 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
8350 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
8351 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->_raw_size
;
8354 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
8355 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
8360 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8361 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8364 asection
*input_section
;
8366 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
8367 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
8371 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8373 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8378 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8379 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8381 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8382 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8383 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
) == NULL
)
8385 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
8386 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
8387 want to deal with it. */
8391 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
8392 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
8394 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->_raw_size
);
8396 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
8397 read in the debugging information and set up an
8398 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
8399 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
8403 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
8404 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
8405 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
8408 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
8409 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
8410 the linker global hash table and save the information
8411 for the output external symbols. */
8412 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
8413 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
8414 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
8415 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
8417 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
8418 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
8422 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8424 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, (PTR
) eraw_src
, &ext
);
8425 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
8426 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
8427 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
8430 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
8431 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8432 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8433 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
8439 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
8440 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
8446 /* Free up the information we just read. */
8447 free (input_debug
.line
);
8448 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
8449 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
8450 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
8451 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
8452 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
8453 free (input_debug
.ss
);
8454 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
8455 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
8456 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
8457 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
8459 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8460 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8461 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8464 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
8466 /* Create .rtproc section. */
8467 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8468 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
8470 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
8471 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
8473 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8474 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
8475 || ! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, flags
)
8476 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
8480 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
8486 /* Build the external symbol information. */
8489 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
8491 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
8492 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
8493 mips_elf_output_extsym
,
8498 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
8499 o
->_raw_size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
8501 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8502 matters, but someday it might). */
8503 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8508 if (strncmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0)
8510 const char *subname
;
8513 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
8516 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
8517 information describing how the small data area would
8518 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
8519 not used in executables files. */
8520 if (! info
->relocateable
)
8522 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8523 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8526 asection
*input_section
;
8528 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8530 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8535 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8537 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8538 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8539 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8542 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
8543 currently matters, but someday it might). */
8544 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8546 /* Really remove the section. */
8547 for (secpp
= &abfd
->sections
;
8549 secpp
= &(*secpp
)->next
)
8551 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, secpp
);
8552 --abfd
->section_count
;
8557 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
8558 uninitialized data. */
8559 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
8561 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
8565 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8566 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
8567 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
8568 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8572 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
8573 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
8574 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
8575 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
8576 case we must change the name of the output section. */
8577 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8578 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
8580 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
8581 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
8583 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
8584 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
8585 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
8588 /* Set up the first entry. */
8590 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8591 tab
= (Elf32_gptab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
8594 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
8595 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
8597 /* Combine the input sections. */
8598 for (p
= o
->link_order_head
;
8599 p
!= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8602 asection
*input_section
;
8606 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
8608 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8610 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
8615 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8616 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
8618 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
8619 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
8620 sorted by ascending -G value. */
8621 size
= bfd_section_size (input_bfd
, input_section
);
8623 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8625 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
8627 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
8628 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
8634 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
8635 (input_bfd
, input_section
, (PTR
) &ext_gptab
,
8637 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
8643 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
8645 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
8646 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
8649 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8651 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
8652 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
8654 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
8660 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
8663 /* We need a new table entry. */
8664 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
8665 new_tab
= (Elf32_gptab
*) bfd_realloc ((PTR
) tab
, amt
);
8666 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
8672 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
8673 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
8675 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
8676 value, since that will be implied by this new
8679 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
8681 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
8683 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
8684 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
8688 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
8689 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8694 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
8697 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
8698 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
8699 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
8702 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
8704 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
8706 /* Swap out the table. */
8707 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8708 ext_tab
= (Elf32_External_gptab
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8709 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
8715 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
8716 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
8719 o
->_raw_size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
8720 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
8722 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
8723 matters, but someday it might). */
8724 o
->link_order_head
= (struct bfd_link_order
*) NULL
;
8728 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
8729 if (!MNAME(abfd
,bfd_elf
,bfd_final_link
) (abfd
, info
))
8732 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
8734 if (reginfo_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
8736 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
8738 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
8739 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, (PTR
) &ext
,
8741 (bfd_size_type
) sizeof ext
))
8745 if (mdebug_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
8747 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
8748 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
8750 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
8753 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
8756 if (gptab_data_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
8758 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
8759 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
8761 gptab_data_sec
->_raw_size
))
8765 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= (asection
*) NULL
)
8767 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
8768 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
8770 gptab_bss_sec
->_raw_size
))
8774 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8776 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
8777 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
8779 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
8780 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
8782 rtproc_sec
->_raw_size
))
8790 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
8792 struct mips_mach_extension
{
8793 unsigned long extension
, base
;
8797 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
8798 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
8800 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] = {
8801 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
8802 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
8804 /* MIPS V extensions. */
8805 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
8807 /* R10000 extensions. */
8808 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
8810 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
8811 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
8812 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
8813 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
8814 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
8815 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
8816 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
8818 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
8819 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8820 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8821 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
8823 /* VR4100 extensions. */
8824 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8825 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
8827 /* MIPS III extensions. */
8828 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8829 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8830 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8831 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8832 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8833 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8834 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
8836 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
8837 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
8839 /* MIPS II extensions. */
8840 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8841 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
8843 /* MIPS I extensions. */
8844 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
8845 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
8849 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
8852 mips_mach_extends_p (base
, extension
)
8853 unsigned long base
, extension
;
8857 for (i
= 0; extension
!= base
&& i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
8858 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
8859 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
8861 return extension
== base
;
8865 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
8868 mips_32bit_flags_p (flags
)
8871 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
8872 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
8873 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
8874 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
8875 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
8876 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
8877 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
);
8881 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
8882 object file when linking. */
8885 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
)
8892 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
8895 /* Check if we have the same endianess */
8896 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
8899 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8900 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8903 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
8904 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8905 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
8907 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
8909 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
8910 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
8911 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
8912 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
8914 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
8915 && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
)
8917 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
8918 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
8925 /* Check flag compatibility. */
8927 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8928 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
8930 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
8931 doesn't seem to matter. */
8932 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
8933 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
8935 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
8938 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
8939 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
8940 actually cause any incompatibility. */
8941 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8943 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
8944 which are automatically generated by gas. */
8945 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
8946 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
8947 && ((!strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
8948 || !strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
8949 || !strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))
8950 && sec
->_raw_size
!= 0))
8952 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
8961 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
8963 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
8964 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
8965 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8966 (_("%s: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
8967 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8971 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
8973 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
8974 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
8975 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8976 (_("%s: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
8977 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8981 /* Compare the ISAs. */
8982 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
8984 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8985 (_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
8986 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
));
8989 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
8991 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
8992 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
8994 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
8995 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
8996 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
8997 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
8998 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
8999 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
9000 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9002 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
9003 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
9004 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
9005 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
9006 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9007 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9011 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
9012 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9013 (_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9014 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9015 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
9016 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
9021 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9022 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
9024 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
9025 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
9026 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
9027 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9028 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9030 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
9031 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9032 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
9033 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
9035 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9036 (_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
9037 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
),
9038 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
9039 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
9042 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9043 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
9046 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
9047 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
9049 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9051 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9052 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
9055 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
9056 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
9058 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9059 (_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
9060 bfd_archive_filename (ibfd
), (unsigned long) new_flags
,
9061 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
9067 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9074 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
9077 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (abfd
, flags
)
9081 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
9082 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
9084 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
9085 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
9090 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
)
9094 FILE *file
= (FILE *) ptr
;
9096 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
9098 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
9099 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
9101 /* xgettext:c-format */
9102 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
9104 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
9105 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
9106 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
9107 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
9108 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
9109 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
9110 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
9111 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
9112 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
9113 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
9114 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
9115 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
9116 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
9117 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
9119 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
9121 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
9122 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips1]"));
9123 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
9124 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips2]"));
9125 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
9126 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips3]"));
9127 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
9128 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips4]"));
9129 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
9130 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips5]"));
9131 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
9132 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32]"));
9133 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
9134 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips64]"));
9135 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
9136 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips32r2]"));
9138 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
9140 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
9141 fprintf (file
, _(" [mdmx]"));
9143 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
9144 fprintf (file
, _(" [mips16]"));
9146 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
9147 fprintf (file
, _(" [32bitmode]"));
9149 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));